Feedback


Family 9116+01 IBM System p5 560Q Rack-Mount Server

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  May 06, 2014.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Features
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Description TOC Link Machine elements
TOC Link Models TOC Link Supplies
TOC Link Technical description  

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
9116-561 2006/02/142006/02/24 2009/01/02 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

The IBM 9116 System p5 560Q rack-mount server (9116-561) -- with its building block architecture and quad-core modules (QCM) -- delivers outstanding price/performance, scalability to meet growing business demands, and innovative virtualization technology designed to increase systems utilization and productivity.

Model abstract 9116-561

The IBM 9116 p5-560Q Model 561 uses a 4U rack-mounted server drawer as its basic building block and can be configured with one or two drawers in a single rack. With two processor card positions per drawer, the p5-560Q is available in 4-, 8-, and 16-way processor configurations. The symmetric multiprocessor (SMP) server uses 4-way processor cards with sophisticated, 64-bit, copper-based, POWER5+ microprocessors running at 1.5 GHz or 1.8 GHz. Each processor card has 72 MB of Level 3 cache, 3.8 MB of Level 2 cache, and eight slots for DDR2 memory DIMMs. The DDR2 system memory can be configured from 2 GB for an entry configuration to 128 GB in a two-drawer system. Each drawer of a p5-560Q system contains six disk drive bays and six 3.3-volt PCI-X slots. With the maximum 12 internal system disk bays, the p5-560Q can accommodate 3.6 TB of disk storage. Each drawer can also hold two DVD-RAM or DVD-ROM drives. System configurations built with the 1.8 GHz processor (#7295) support attachment of Remote I/O drawers using the two Remote I/O (RIO-2) connectors built into each CEC Enclosure. Each enclosure can support up to 4 Remote I/O drawers in a loop for a maximum of 8 Remote I/O drawers in a 16 core system.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

The System p5 560Q incorporates IBM's POWER5+ processors in a flexible, modular design, offering both 1.5 GHz and 1.8 GHz processors in 4-, 8-, and 16-way configurations for a variety of business computing needs.

  • 4 EIA unit building block, -19 inch rack drawer
  • 1-and 2-drawer configurations
  • 4-way, 8-way, and 16-way Processor configurations
  • POWER5+ quad-core module (QCM) at 1.5GHz or 1.8 GHz
  • Two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports (per drawer) (1.8 GHz configurations only)
  • Two CPU card slots / drawer (4-way CPU card)
  • 3.8 MB L2 cache; 72 MB L3 cache per CPU card
  • Eight DDR2 memory DIMM slots per CPU card
  • 2 GB to 128 GB memory (64 GB / drawer)
  • Dual port 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (per drawer)
  • Two Ultra320 SCSI controllers (per drawer)
  • Six PCI-X 64-bit slots at 133 Mhz (per drawer)
  • Blindswap PCI adapter capability
  • Six 3.5-inch hot-swap DASD bays with split backplane (3-3)
  • Internal SCSI RAID (optional)
  • 3-year warranty
  • Optimized for front/rear service
  • Hot-plug DASD and media

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

IBM System p5 560Q

Summary of standard features:

  • 1-or 2-drawer rack (4 EIA) enclosures

  • 4, 8 or 16 processor cores-SMP design

  • One, two, or four 1.8 GHz POWER5+ 64-bit 4-core processor cards (require full activation at time of purchase)

  • Eight DDR2 Memory DIMM connectors per processor card

  • Two processor card slots per drawer

  • 2 GB of DDR2 memory minimum

  • 128 GB of DDR2 memory maximum (64 GB per drawer)

  • 12 hot-swap disk drive bays (six per drawer on split backplane 3/3)

  • Four media bays (optional) (two per drawer)

  • Six hot-swap PCI-X slots per drawer:
    • Five 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133 MHz (long slots)
    • One 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133 MHz (short slot) (shares physical space with the available GX slot)

  • Redundant hot-swap power supplies (N+1)

  • Redundant hot-swap cooling fans

  • Redundant hot-swap Processor Power Regulator (Optional)

  • Service Processor Card

  • Integrated functions include:
    • One Dual 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet ports per drawer
    • Two Ultra320 SCSI controllers (internal) per drawer
    • RAID support on the internal SCSI controllers (optional)
    • Two USB 2.0 ports per drawer
    • Two system ports, active on the base drawer
    • Two HMC ports per system
    • Two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports (per drawer) (1.8 GHz configurations only)

Dynamic logical partitioning (LPAR), with optional Micro-Partitioning technology, is supported on the p5-560Q. The p5-560Q is backed by a three-year warranty.

IBM System p5 560Q minimum configuration

Each model 560Q system must include a minimum of the following items:

  • One system drawer (4U) with the following:
    • 1X - System Enclosure w/Bezel (#7300)
    • 2X - Power Cords (#6671)
    • 1X - Rack-Mount Rail Kit (#7164)
    • 1X - Processor Enclosure and Backplane (#7865)
    • 1X - I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X slots (#7866)
    • 1X - System Midplane (#7867)
    • 1X - Ultra320 DASD Backplane (#7868)
    • 1X - Power Distribution Backplane (#7870)
    • 1X - System Port riser card (#7878)
    • 2X - Power Supplies (#7888)
    • 1X - Processor Power Regulator (#7768)
    • 1X - Operator Panel (#1846)
    • 1X - Service Processor (#7997)
    • Processor Card

  • 1X - 4-way 1.8 GHz, 0-Way active, DDR2 (#7295)

    • Processor Activations:

  • 4X - Processor Activations for #7295 (#7235)

    • 2 GB Memory:

  • 2X - (2 x 512 MB DIMMs) (default minimum memory (#1930) must be purchased in 4-DIMM quantities)

    • Disk Drive:

  • 1X - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#1971)

    • #9XXX Language Group Specify

Additional optional features can be added, as desired.

IBM System p5 560Q Express Product Offerings

If you order a System p5 560 server Express Product Offering as defined here, you may qualify for a processor activation at no extra charge. The number of processors, total memory, quantity/size of disk, and presence of a media device are the only features that determine if a customer is entitled to a processor entitlement at no additional charge.

When you purchase an Express Product Offering, you will be entitled to a lower-priced AIX 5L or Linux operating system license, or may choose to purchase the system with no operating system. The lower-priced AIX 5L or Linux operating system is processed via a feature number on AIX 5L and either Red Hat or SUSE Linux. You may choose either the lower-priced AIX 5L or Linux subscription, but not both. If you choose AIX 5L for your lower-priced operating system, you can also order Linux but will purchase your Linux subscription at full price versus the reduced price. The converse is true if you choose a Linux subscription as your lower-priced operating system. Systems with a reduced price AIX 5L offering will be referred to as the IBM System p5 Express, AIX 5L edition; and systems with a lower-priced Linux operating system will be referred to as the IBM System p5 Express, OpenPower edition. In the case of Linux, only the fist subscription purchased is lower priced so, for example, additional licenses purchased for Red Hat to run in multiple partitions will be at full price.

You can make changes to the standard features as needed and still qualify for processor entitlements at no additional charge and a reduced-price AIX or Linux operating system license. However, selection of total memory or DASD smaller than the total defined as the minimums disqualifies the order as an Express Product Offering.

Express Configurations

Express Configurations provide a convenient way to order any of several configurations designed to meet typical customer requirements. Special reduced pricing is available when a system order satisfies specific configuration requirements for memory, disk drives, and processors. When an Express Configuration is ordered, the configurator offers a choice of starting points that can be added onto. Customers can configure systems with one, or two processors cards and four or eight processor activations. With the purchase of an Express Configuration, for each paid processor activation, the customer is entitled to one processor activation at no additional charge, if the following requirements are met:

  • The system must have at least two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each.
  • There must be at least 2 GB of memory installed for each active processor.

Only Express Configuration starting points can be expanded using Express Configuration pricing. To qualify for the Express pricing offer additional processors and activations along with the required additional memory must all be on the same order (Initial or MES). The upgraded p5-560Q configuration must satisfy the Express Configuration requirements for disk drives, memory, and processors. Activations of previously installed processors do not qualify for Express Configuration pricing.

Configurator starting points: The complete order must include the features identified in the minimum configuration plus the feature enhancements listed here.

         4-way 1.8 GHz Power5+ System
                 Processor (1 x #7295)
                 8 GB Memory (4 x #1931)
                 2x73 GB DASD (2 x #1971)
                 Processor Activations (2 x #7235 + 2 x #7345)
                 Media Backplane (1 x #7869)
                 IDE DVDROM (1 x #1994)
 
          8-way 1.8 GHz Power5+ System
                 Processor (2 x #7295)
                 16 GB Memory (8 x #1931)
                 2x73GB DASD (2 x #1971)
                 Processor Activations (4 x #7235 + 4 x #7345)
                 Media Backplane (1 x #7869)
                 IDE DVDROM (1 x #1994)
 

System P5 Solution Editions

System p5 Solution Editions can help you take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value. With these editions you can define recommended end-to-end solution stacks that are designed and sized to satisfy a range of user requirements for specific ISV application environments. They include affordable Express configurations for popular System p5 models to simplify server selection and ease capacity planning.

The System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle's JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle E-Business Suite share a common set of five Solution Edition Express configurations that differ in the number of users supported for each application environment. Four Solution Edition Express configurations are available for the System p5 Solution Edition for SAP NetWeaver BI.

System p5 Solution Edition Express configurations are building blocks that can be configured with additional memory and I/O options. You can tailor the infrastructure to satisfy your own needs and requirements. System p5 Solution Edition Express configurations are intended to be used in conjunction with one of these participating application environments.

System p5 Solution Editions employ the same configuration rules as the Express product offerings

System p5 Solution Edition for Oracle's JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite for Enterprise Resource Planning

Highlights

  • Attractively priced System p5 configuration building blocks are tailored to fit popular Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne environments.

  • Presized configurations satisfy a wide range of requirements of JD Edwards EnterpriseOne users.

  • Affordable Solution Edition Express configurations for popular System p5 models simplifies selection and eases capacity planning.

  • The editions are configured to support the flexible deployment of JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite environments.

  • They satisfy the diverse needs of end users, senior management, and IT professionals.

  • The highly reliable System p5 family is designed to help businesses build resilient and scalable computing environments without compromising system affordability.

  • The editions are sized to help meet the needs of small and medium business clients in many industries.

Bringing the ERP application environment together with the computing infrastructure, the System p5 Solution Edition for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite is an end-to-end ERP solution that can help provide a more integrated and tuned environment for small and medium-sized businesses faced with the challenge of becoming an On Demand Business.

Solution Edition supports the business requirements of clients of particular ISV applications. It can help you take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value.

The System p5 Solution Edition for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite includes a set of affordable Express configurations for popular System p5 models. The configurations satisfy a range of user requirements from various industries including finance, manufacturing, and distribution. These Express configurations are tailored to specific user requirements for two Oracle business suites: Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne. Mutual IBM and Oracle clients are eligible to order these feature number configurations if they are used in conjunction with one of these participating application environments.

Oracle E-Business Suite is a fully integrated, comprehensive suite of business applications for enterprises of all sizes. It offers the function to meet your unique requirements. Whether you implement one module at a time, multiple modules, or the complete suite, Oracle E-Business Suite provides better business information for effective decision making and enables an adaptive enterprise for optimal responsiveness.

JD Edwards EnterpriseOne is a complete suite of modular, integrated, industry-specific business applications configured for rapid deployment and ease of administration. The modular design enables you to implement only those solutions that your business requires and the flexible, integrated architecture to lower the ongoing cost of ownership.

The Express configurations are building blocks that can be enhanced with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy your specific needs. An end-to-end solution stack combines the leadership System p family of servers with the following:

  • Advanced POWER Virtualization for supporting efficient, low-cost all- in-one server configurations

  • IBM System Storage

  • IBM Tivoli Access manager

  • Oracle DataVault for system and data access protection and powerful Oracle software environments

The System p5 Solution Edition for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne and Oracle E-Business Suite offers many benefits, including:

  • Assurance: Reference architecture validated and tested

  • Affordability: Low price on choice of System p5 configurations

  • Robustness: High availablity and reliablity features with optional access security features (with the addition of Oracle and Tivoli technologies)

  • Exceptional performance: Solutions tested by the IBM Oracle International Competency center

  • Flexible virtualization: Enables efficient virtual three-tier configuration to lower your cost of doing business

System p5 Solution Edition for SAP NetWeaver BI

In today's business environment, it is critical to turn the reams of data collected into usable, real-time analysis and reports that you need to make daily business decisions. Companies need a Business Intelligence (BI) solution that can analyze their data in a heterogeneous environment and provide the results directly to other business applications, management, or individual users, all in real time. Not only does the BI solution need to be fast, but it also needs be reliable and scalable.

With the System p5 Solution Edition for SAP NetWeaver BI, companies of every size can get a reliable, high-performance BI solution that can scale to meet their needs. Together with the System p5 560Q, this high- performance, scalable business intelligence solution delivers real-time business analytics to help you make daily business decisions. This scalable solution can grow with your business without compromising system affordability. In addition to the System p5 560Q, this solution can be built on the System p5 520 and the System p5 550, depending on capacity.

These Solution Edition configurations are building blocks that can be enhanced with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy your requirements. An end-to-end solution stack combines SAP NetWeaver BI with the leadership IBM System p family of servers, Advanced POWER Virtualization, IBM System Storage, and the IBM DB2 9 database.

Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability (RAS)

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data integrity

The reliability of the System p5 560Q starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be fault-tolerant. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest product quality level.

The p5-560Q system memory offers ECC (error checking and correcting) fault-tolerant features. ECC is designed to correct environmentally induced, single-bit, intermittent memory failures and single-bit hard failures. With ECC, the likelihood of memory failures will be substantially reduced. ECC also provides double-bit memory error detection that helps protect data integrity in the event of a double-bit memory failure.

Disk mirroring and disk controller duplexing are also provided by the AIX operating system. Linux supports DASD mirroring (RAID 1). This is supported in software using the md driver. Some hardware RAID adapters supported under Linux support mirroring.

The Journaled File System maintains file system consistency and reduces the likelihood of data loss when the system is abnormally halted due to a power failure.

PCI extended error handling (EEH)

PCI bus parity errors have caused a global machine check interrupt, which eventually required a system reboot to continue. In the POWER5+ systems, new I/O drawer hardware, system firmware, and AIX interaction have been designed to allow transparent recovery of intermittent PCI bus parity errors and graceful transition to the I/O device available state in the case of a permanent parity error in the PCI bus. This mechanism is called PCI extended error handling (EEH).

EEH-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. Currently, Linux does not support the EEH behavior. In the event of a PCI error, the system will machine check and a reboot will be required to continue.

Memory error correction extensions

The standard memory has single-error-correct and double-error-detect ECC circuitry designed to correct single-bit memory failures. The double-bit detection is designed to help maintain data integrity by detecting and reporting multiple errors beyond what the ECC circuitry can correct. The memory chips are organized such that the failure of any specific memory module only affects a single bit within an ECC word (bit scattering), thus allowing for error correction and continued operation in the presence of a complete chip failure (Chipkill recovery).

The memory also utilizes memory scrubbing and thresholding to determine when spare memory modules, within each bank of memory, if available, should be used to replace ones that have exceeded their threshold value (dynamic bit steering).

Redundancy for array self-healing

Although the most likely failure event in a processor is a soft single-bit error in one of its caches, other events can occur, and they need to be distinguished from one another. For the L1, L2, and L3 caches and their directories, hardware and firmware keep track of whether permanent errors are being corrected beyond a threshold. If exceeded, a deferred repair error log is created. Additional run-time availability actions, such as CPU vary off(4) or L3 cache line delete, are also initiated.

L1 and L2 caches and L2 and L3 directories on the POWER5+ chip are manufactured with spare bits in their arrays that can be accessed via programmable steering logic to replace faulty bits in the respective arrays. This is analogous to the redundant bit steering employed in main storage as a mechanism that is designed to help avoid physical repair, and is also implemented in POWER5+ systems. The steering logic is activated during processor initialization and is initiated by the built-in system-test (BIST) at power-on time.

L3 cache exceeding correctable error thresholds while running causes invocation of a dynamic L3 cache line delete function (stop using bad cache).

Note: (4) Indicates that this RAS function is only available for a Linux operating system running the 2.6 kernel.

Service Processor

The Service Processor that is standard on the System p5 systems provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a remote system.

The Service Processor runs on its own power boundary and does not require a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

The Service Processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (Hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring (but only critical errors are supported under Linux), reset and boot features, and remote maintenance and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring.

The Service Processor can place calls to report surveillance failures, critical environmental faults, and critical processing faults when the system is not managed by an HMC running Service Focal Point.

Fault-monitoring functions

  • BIST (built-in self-test) and POST (power-on self-test) check processor, L3 cache, memory, and associated hardware required for proper booting of the operating system, every time the system is powered on. If a noncritical error is detected or if the errors occur in the resources that can be removed from the system configuration, the booting process is designed to proceed to completion. The errors are logged in the system nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM).

  • Disk drive fault tracking can alert the system administrator of an impending disk failure before it impacts customer operation.

  • The AIX or Linux log (where hardware and software failures are recorded and analyzed by the Error Log Analysis (ELA) routine) warns the system administrator about the causes of system problems. The Service Processor event log also logs unrecoverable checkstop conditions and forwards them to the Service Focal Point if the system is HMC attached and warns the system administrator about the causes of system problems. This also enables IBM service representatives to bring along probable replacement hardware components when a service call is placed, thus minimizing system repair time.

Mutual surveillance

The service processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process, and also monitors the Hypervisor for termination. The Hypervisor monitors the service processor and will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the Service Processor. If the reset/reload doesn't correct the problem with the Service Processor, the Hypervisor will notify the operating system and the operating system can take appropriate action, including calling for service.

Environmental-monitoring functions

  • Temperature monitoring increases the fan speed rotation when ambient temperature is above the normal operating range.

  • Temperature monitoring warns the system administrator of potential environmental-related problems (for example, air conditioning and air circulation around the system) so that appropriate corrective actions can be taken before a critical failure threshold is reached. It also performs an orderly system shutdown when the operating temperature exceeds the critical level.

  • Fan speed monitoring provides a warning and an orderly system shutdown when the speed is out of operational specification.

  • Voltage monitoring provides a warning and an orderly system shutdown when the voltages are out of operational specification.

Error handling and reporting

In the unlikely event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system run-time error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully rebooted, either manually or automatically, the error will be reported to the AIX or Linux operating system. Error Log Analysis (ELA) can be used to display the failure cause and the physical location of the failing hardware.

With the integrated Service Processor, the system has the ability to automatically send out an alert via phone line to a pager or call for service in the event of a critical system failure. A hardware fault will also turn on the two Attention Indicators (one located on the front of the system unit and the other on the rear) to alert the user of an internal hardware problem. The indicator may also be turned on by the operator as a tool to allow system identification. For identification, the indicators will flash, whereas the indicator will be on solid when an error condition occurs.

Availability enhancement functions

  • The auto-restart (reboot) option, when enabled, can reboot the system automatically following an unrecoverable software error, software hang, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure.

Serviceability

The p5-560Q is designed for IBM ITS installation of the machine. The subsequent addition of most features (adapters/devices) are designed for customer installation. For a fee, IBM Service can perform the installation of these Customer installable features.

  • The p5-560Q allows customers to replace some service parts (customer replaceable unit). To do this, the p5-560Q has incorporated LEDs that will indicate the parts needing to be replaced.

  • The p5-560Q allows support personnel to remotely log into them to review error logs and perform remote maintenance. The p5-560Q service processor enables the analysis of a system that will not boot.

  • The diagnostics consist of Stand-alone Diagnostics, which are loaded from the DVD-ROM drive, and Online Diagnostics.

  • Online Diagnostics(3) when installed, are resident with AIX on the disk or system. They can be booted in single-user mode (service mode), run in maintenance mode, or run concurrently (concurrent mode) with other applications. They have access to the AIX Error Log and the AIX Configuration Data.

    • Service mode allows checking of system devices and features.

    • Concurrent mode allows the normal system functions to continue while selected resources are being checked.

    • Maintenance mode allows checking of devices and adapters.

  • For results of Service Processor tests, access the error log from the Service Processor menu.

Note: Because the 9116-561 system has an optional DVD-ROM (#1994) and DVD-RAM (#1993), alternate methods for maintaining and servicing the system need to be available if the DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM is not ordered; an external Internet connection must be available to maintain or update system microcode to the latest required level.

Note: (3) Indicated that this RAS function is not supported under Linux.

Service Agent

The Service Agent is available at no additional charge. When installed on a System p5 server, the Service Agent can enhance IBM's ability to provide the system with maintenance service.

The Service Agent:

  • Monitors and analyzes system errors, and if needed, can automatically place a service call to IBM without customer intervention

  • Can help reduce the effect of business disruptions due to unplanned system outages and failures

  • Performs problem analysis on a subset of hardware-related problems and, with customer authorization, can report automatically the results to IBM Service

Back to topBack to top
 
Models

Model summary matrix

Model: 560Q

Model Processor Cores Speed Memory Hard Drive PCI-X Slot Optical Storage Device
560Q 4-, 8- or 16 1.8 GHz 2 GB to 128 GB 36.4 GB to 3.6 TB 6 to 12 DVD-RAM, DVD-ROM

Customer setup (CSU)

  • Customer setup box: No

  • Customer setup MES: Mixed CSU and non-CSU - check under Feature Description for information on a specific Feature Number.

  • CSU MES Features Include:
    • PCI-X Adapters
    • GX Adapters
    • External Cables
    • Power Supplies
    • Service Processor Cards
    • DASD Devices
    • Media Devices
    • CPU Power Regulator
    • Op Panel

  • Non-CSU MES Features Include:
    • Processors
    • Memory
    • Internal RAID Daughter Card
    • CEC Enclosures

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9116.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

         |5|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
         |6|
         |1|
  MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
---------|-|---------------------------------------------------------
         | |
---------|-|--------Communications-----------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7036-P16 |X| 16-port EIA-232 LAN Attached Remote Asynchronous Node
         | | (RAN)
         | |
---------|-|--------Disk---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1722-60U |X| TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk System Model 60U
1740-1RU |X| TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit Model 1RU
1742-1RU |X| TotalStorage DS4400 Model 1RU
1742-90U |X| TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk system
2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112
2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124
2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212
2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224
2105-800 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server
2105-F10 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server
2105-F20 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server
7204-419 |X| IBM 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 419
7204-518 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 518
7204-536 |X| IBM 7204 36.4 GB External Disk Drive Model 536
7204-573 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 573
         | |
---------|-|--------Displays-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6546-00E |X| G52 Display
6546-00N |X| G52 Display
6546-01E |X| G52 Display
6546-01S |X| G52 Display
6546-0AE |X| G54 Display
6546-0AN |X| G54 Display
6546-0BE |X| G54 Display
6546-0BN |X| G54 Display
6546-0BS |X| G54 Display
6546-21N |X| G52 Display
6546-2BN |X| G54 Display
6546-31N |X| G52 Display
6546-4AN |X| G54 Display
6546-6BN |X| G54 Display
7310-C03 |X| IBM 7310 Model C03 Desktop Hardware Management Console
7310-C04 |X| IBM 7310 Model C04 Desktop Hardware Management Console
7310-C05 |X| IBM 7310 Model C05 Deskside Hardware Management Console
7310-CR2 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR3 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7315-C01 |X| 7315-C01 IBM Hardware Management Console
7315-C02 |X| 7315-C02 IBM Desktop Hardware Management Console
7315-C04 |X| IBM 7315 Model C04 Hardware Management Console
7315-CR2 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7315-CR3 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR3 Rack-Mount Hardware Management
         | | Console
7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Display
7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3 Rack Mounted Flat Panel Console
9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15.0-inch Color TFT LCD Monitor
9516-B03 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | | B03
9516-B04 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | | B04
         | |
---------|-|--------Expansion Cabinets-------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2032-C40 |X| McDATA 'Core to Edge' Fibre Channel Products Model C40 -
         | | FC 512 Cabinet
2109-C36 |X| TotalStorage SAN Cabinet Model C36
7014-S25 |X| 1.3 Meter System Rack -- 25U
7014-T00 |X| 1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U
7014-T42 |X| 2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U
7031-D24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
7031-T24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
7311-D11 |X| IBM 7311 Model D11 Rack-Mounted Expansion Drawer
7311-D20 |X| IBM 7311 Model D20 Rack-Mounted Expansion Drawer
         | |
---------+-+------------Optical--------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3996-032 |X| IBM System Storage Model 032
3996-080 |X| IBM System Storage Model 080
3996-174 |X| IBM System Storage Model 174
 
---------|-|--------SCSI Devices-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3995-C60 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
3995-C62 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
3995-C64 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
3995-C66 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
3995-C68 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
7210-020 |X| IBM CD-ROM Drive Model 020
7210-025 |X| IBM DVD-RAM Drive Model 025
         | |
---------|-|--------Services-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0463-001 |X| Software Customization (CCS)
0463-002 |X| Center for Customized Solutions (CCS)
         | |
---------|-|--------Storage Network Devices--------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1710-10U |X| IBM 1710 EXP100 Expansion Unit
2145-4F2 |X| SAN Volume Controller Model 4F2
         | |
---------|-|--------Switch-------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2031-016 |X| McDATA "Enterprise to Edge" Fibre Channel
2031-032 |X| McDATA Model 032 large departmental ES-3032 Fabric
         | | Switch
2031-216 |X| McDATA ES-3216 Fabric Switch Model 216
2031-224 |X| McDATA "Core to Edge" Sphereon 4500 Fibre Channel Switch
2031-232 |X| McDATA ES-3232 Fabric Switch
2031-L00 |X| McDATA Model L00 ES-1000 Loop Switch
2032-064 |X| McDATA Model 064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
2032-140 |X| McDATA Intrepid 6140 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
2042-001 |X| CNT FC/9000 64 Port Director
2042-128 |X| CNT FC/9000 128 Port Director
2042-256 |X| CNT FC/9000 Fibre Channel 256 Port Director
2061-020 |X| Cisco MDS 9120 Multilayer Fabric Switch
2061-040 |X| Cisco MDS 9140 Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-D01 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9216 three-rack-unit fabric switch
2062-D07 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9509 a fourteen-rack-unit chassis
2062-T07 |X| Cisco 9509 Multilayer Director Switch (Telecom Model -
         | | DC Power)
2109-F16 |X| IBM 2109 SAN Switch Model F16
2109-F32 |X| TotalStorage SAN Switch - 2109 Model F32
2109-M12 |X| TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M12
7048-120 |X| Topspin 120 Server Switch
7048-270 |X| Topspin 270 Server Switch
         | |
---------|-|--------Tape---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3494-B10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B10
3494-B18 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B18
3494-B20 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B20
3494-D12 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
3494-D22 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame Model
         | | D22
3494-D24 |X| TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame Model
         | | D24
3494-L12 |X| Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model L12
3570-C00 |X| Magstar MP 3570 Tape Library
3570-C01 |X| Magstar MP (Multi-Purpose) 3570 Tape Library
3570-C02 |X| Magstar MP (Multi-Purpose) 3570 Tape Library
3570-C11 |X| Magstar MP 3570 Tape Library
3570-C12 |X| Magstar MP 3570 Tape Library
3575-L06 |X| Magstar MP 3575 Tape Library
3575-L12 |X| Magstar MP 3575 Tape Library
3575-L18 |X| Magstar MP 3575 Tape Library
3575-L24 |X| Magstar MP 3575 Tape Library
3575-L32 |X| Magstar MP 3575 Tape Library
3577-L5U |X| IBM System Storage TS3400 Tape Library
3580-H11 |X| IBM 3580 Tape Drive Model L11
3580-H13 |X| IBM 3580 Model H13 is an Ultrium Tape Drive
3580-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580
3580-L11 |X| IBM 3580 Model H13 is an Ultrium Tape Drive
3580-L13 |X| IBM 3580 Model H13 is an Ultrium Tape Drive
3580-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive Model L23
3580-L33 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3580 Ultrium 3 LTO Tape Drive
3581-H13 |X| IBM 3581 Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-H17 |X| 3581 Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-L13 |X| IBM 3581 is an Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-L17 |X| 3581 Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3581-L28 |X| Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581
3583-L18 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
3583-L36 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
3583-L72 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
3584-D32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D32 - Base Frame
3584-L32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L32 - Expansion Frame
3590-B11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-B1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-C12 |X| IBM Magstar Silo Compatible Frame Model C1A
3590-E11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-E1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive
3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model H11
3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H1A
3592-C20 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE SILO COMPATIBLE TAPE DRIVE FRAME 3592-C20
3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
3592-J1A |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ENTERPRISE TAPE DRIVE 3592 MODEL J1A
7205-550 |X| 7205-550 160 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive
7206-220 |X| IBM 20GB External 4MM DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220
7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206 External 4mm Tape Drive
7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3 External Tape Drive
7207-122 |X| IBM 4GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122
7207-330 |X| IBM 7207-330 30 GB External SLR60 Tape Drive
7208-345 |X| IBM 60GB External 8MM Tape Drive Model 345
7212-102 |X| TotalStorage Storage Device Enclosure
7212-103 |X| IBM 7212-103 Storage Tape & DVD Enclosure Exp Model
7212-312 |X| IBM 7212  Model 312 1U VXA-2 Autoloaded
7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 9116 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |5| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |6| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |1|
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0453    |S| Customer Specified Placement
0983    |A| US TAA Compliance Indicator
1810    |S| GX Dual-port 4x HCA
1835    |S| 3 meter 4x Cable
1836    |S| 8 meter 4x Cable
1839    |A| 1.5 meter 4x Cable
1846    |S| Operator Panel
1857    |A| SP Flex Cable, Two-Drawer System
1867    |A| Processor Cable, Two-Drawer System
1905    |S| 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1910    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1913    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
1930    |S| 1024MB (2x512MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1931    |S| 2048MB (2x1024MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1932    |S| 4096MB (2x2048MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1934    |S| 8192MB (2x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
1954    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
1968    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1969    |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1970    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1971    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1972    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1973    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1974    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1975    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
1977    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
1978    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1979    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1980    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
1981    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
1982    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
1983    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1984    |S| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1985    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
1986    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
1987    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
1993    |A| IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
1994    |A| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
2114    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2424    |S| 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2425    |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2456    |A| LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2498    |S| PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
2591    |S| External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
2737    |S| Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
2738    |S| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2877    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2934    |A| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2944    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
2946    |S| Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
3125    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
3146    |S| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
3147    |S| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M
3148    |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
3156    |A| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
3168    |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
3273    |S| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3274    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3578    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3585    |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
3627    |S| IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
3628    |S| IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3635    |S| T210 Flat-Panel Monitor
3636    |S| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3638    |S| IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640    |S| ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3647    |S| 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3648    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3649    |S| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3652    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
3653    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
3654    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
3661    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
3662    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6M
3663    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15M
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3691    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3 M
3693    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6 M
3694    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15 M
3925    |A| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
4242    |A| 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to
        | | 15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
4353    |S| H-100 Bus 8-position Cable
One and only one rack indicator features is required on
all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |A| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4691    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box to Drawer or
        | | Status Beacon
4692    |S| Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
4693    |S| Rack Status Beacon Junction Box
4764    |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4953    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
4957    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
4959    |S| IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
4960    |S| IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
4961    |S| IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
4962    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
4963    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
5001    |S| Custom Service Specify
5005    |A| Software Preinstall
5647    |A| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
5700    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5703    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
5706    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5707    |S| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5712    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5713    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5718    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
5719    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5721    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723    |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5728    |S| Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
5736    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5737    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
5740    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5758    |S| 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5886    |S| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
5902    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
5922    |A| Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
5951    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian
        | | Portuguese, #275
5959    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5963    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
5964    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
5965    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/
        | | German, #150
5969    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English
        | | International, #103P
6001    |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
6006    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
6007    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
6008    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
6029    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
6203    |S| PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
6204    |S| PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
6228    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
6230    |S| Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
6231    |S| 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
6235    |S| 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
6239    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
6458    |A| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
6469    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU,  (250V, 15A),
        | | United States, Plug Type #5
6470    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
6471    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug
        | | Type #70
6472    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #18
6473    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type 19
6474    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug
        | | Type #23
6475    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #32
6476    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #24
6477    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #22
6478    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug
        | | Type #25
6479    |S| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #6
6487    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States,
        | | Plug Type #5
6488    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or
        | | 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2
6493    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #62
6494    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #69
6495    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #73
6496    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #66
6598    |A| Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)
6651    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug
        | | Type #75
6659    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug
        | | Type #76
6665    |A| Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6669    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A),
        | | Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)
6670    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59
        | | (DENAN marking)
6671    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug
        | | Type #6, Insulated
6687    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57
        | | (DENAN marking)
7164    |A| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
7235    |S| One Processor Activation for Processor #7295
7295    |A| 0/4 way 1.8 GHz QCM Processor
7300    |A| System Drawer Enclosure w/ Bezel
7304    |A| Advanced POWER Virtualization
7305    |A| AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
7345    |S| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #7295
7398    |S| Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7781
7549    |S| Quantity 150 of #3647
7564    |S| Quantity 150 of #3648
7565    |S| Quantity 150 of #3649
7662    |S| Activation for one #7781 processor -permanent.
7768    |A| Processor Power Regulator
7781    |A| 0/4 way 1.5GHz QCM Processor
7801    |A| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | | Unit
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to
        | | System Unit
7861    |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Short Adapters,
        | | Type II
7862    |S| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Type
        | | II
7863    |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
7865    |S| Processor Enclosure And Backplane
7866    |S| I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X Slots
7867    |S| System Midplane
7868    |S| Ultra320 SCSI 6-pack Backplane
7869    |S| Media Enclosure And Backplane
7870    |A| Power Distribution Backplane
7878    |S| System Port Riser Card
7888    |A| AC Power Supply, 1400 W
7997    |S| System Service Processor
8023    |A| SAP Solution Edition - 16-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q
8029    |A| Oracle Solution Edition - 8-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q
8131    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
8132    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
8133    |S| RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
8136    |S| Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8137    |S| Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8231    |S| Memory Offering -- 32GB/64GB/96GB/128GB (Multiples of 4
        | | of 2x4GB DIMMs)
8800    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English,
        | | #103P
8801    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
8802    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
8803    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | German/Austrian, #129
8804    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
8805    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
8806    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
8807    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian
        | | French, #058
8810    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Belgian/Dutch, #120
8811    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Swedish/Finnish, #153
8812    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
8813    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
8817    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143
8818    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese,
        | | #163
8819    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
8820    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
8821    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
8823    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
8825    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
8826    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
8827    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
8829    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
8833    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
8834    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
8835    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French
        | | Canadian, #445
8836    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
8838    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
8839    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | | Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English
        | | (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - USB, Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |A| USB Mouse
9169    |A| Order Routing Indicator - System Plant
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9461    |A| Month Indicator
9462    |A| Day Indicator
9463    |A| Hour Indicator
9464    |A| Minute Indicator
9465    |A| Qty Indicator
9466    |A| Countable Member Indicator
9570    |A| Reserved Rack Space Indicator - 4U
9700    |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |A| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9727    |A| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
 

Model conversions

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Physical specifications

Rack-Mount:

  • Width: 483 mm (19.0 in)
  • Depth: 790 mm (31.1 in)
  • Height: 174 mm (6.85 in) 4 EIA units
  • Weight: 63.6 kg (140 lb)

Dimensions and specifications shown are for a single drawer. Model 560Q systems can have one or two drawers.

To help assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM, industry-standard racks, review the vendor's installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment

  • Temperature:
    • 5 to 45 degrees C (41 to 113 F) nonoperating
    • 5 to 35 degrees C (41 to 95 F) operating

  • Relative humidity: (noncondensing):
    • 8% to 80% operating
    • 5% to 100% shipping

  • Maximum wet bulb:
    • 27 degrees C (80 F) nonoperating
    • 23 degrees C (73F) operating

  • Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V ac

  • Operating frequency: 50/60 Hz

  • Power consumption: 1300 watts max. (per 8 way drawer)

  • Power source loading: 1.37 kVA max.(per 8 way drawer)

  • Thermal output: 4437 BTU/hr max. (per 8 way drawer)

  • Noise level: 6.8 bels (operating)/ 6.8 bels (idle)

  • Maximum altitude: 3,048 m (10,000 ft)

EMC Conformance Classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • U.S.: FCC CFR47 Part 15 Class A
  • Europe: CISPR 22 Class A; "CE" Mark of Conformity
  • Japan: VCCI-A
  • Korea: Korean Requirement Class A
  • China: People's Republic of China commodity inspection law
  • Taiwan: BSMI CNS 13438 (Taiwan EMC Standard), Australia\ ACA C-Tick, New Zealand

Homologation -- Telecom Environmental Testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude. This System p5 model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country Telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval(FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom regulatory authority.

Product safety/country testing/certification

  • UL 60950-1 1st Edition Underwriters Laboratory, Safety Information
  • CAN/CSA22.2 No. 60950-1 1st Edition
  • EN60950-1:2001 European Norm
  • IEC 60950-1 1st Edition, International Electrotechnical Commission, Safety Information
  • Nordic deviations to IEC 60950-1 1st Edition

General requirements

The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

System

  • Integrated system ports are not supported when the HMC ports are connected to a Hardware Management Console. Either the HMC ports or the integrated system ports can be used, but not both.

  • The integrated system ports are supported for modem and asynch terminal connections. Any other application using serial ports requires a serial port adapter to be installed in a PCI slot. The integrated system ports do not support HACMP configurations.

Processors

  • A p5-560Q system can have one or two system drawers. Each drawer has two processor slots. A system with one drawer may have one or two processor cards installed. A system with two drawers must have two processor cards in the second drawer.

  • When two or more processor cards are installed, all cards must have the same processor frequency.

  • Each processor card has four processor cores and eight memory DIMM slots. All processor cards support memory technology DDR2.

  • Systems that are configured with the 1.8 GHz Power5+ QCM processor (#7295) must use System Firmware SF240_261 or later.

Memory

  • The 9116-561 must contain a minimum of 2 GB of system memory. Memory is expandable up to a maximum of 128 GB with DDR2 DIMMs.

  • Memory is purchased and installed in groups of four DIMMs mounted on the processor cards. Each processor card has eight DIMM slots.

  • Each processor card must have at least 2 GB of memory installed.

  • Each processor card must have at least four DIMMs installed.

  • It is recommended that each processor card have an equal amount of memory installed. Balancing memory across the installed processor cards allows memory accesses in a coordinated parallel manner and can be utilized to provide optimal performance

  • Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account when selecting the memory feature size on an initial order.

Power

  • Two power supplies must be installed in each system drawer to provide redundancy for enhanced system availability.

  • Systems with two drawers require three Processor Power Regulators per drawer.

Power Distribution Units

For systems installed in IBM 7014 racks, the following Power Distribution Unit (PDU) rules apply:

  • For withdrawn PDU feature numbers 9176, 9177, 7176, and 7177: Each pair of PDUs can power up to three p5-560Q server drawers (three drawers per two PDUs)

  • For withdrawn PDU features numbers 9178, 7178: Each pair of PDU's can power up to six p5-560Q server drawers (two drawers per two PDUs)

  • For PDU feature numbers 9188 and 7188, when using power cord feature numbers 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, or 6658: Each pair of PDUs can power up to three p5-560Q server drawers (three drawers per 2 PDUs)

  • For PDU features nubers 9188 and 7188, when using power cord 6489, 6491, 6492, or 6653: Each pair of PDUs can power up to six p5-560Q server drawers (six drawers per two PDUs)

  • Each server drawer has two power supplies, which must be connected to separate PDUs to provide full redundancy

  • Server power cords should be evenly spread across the available PDU power outlets to distribute the current across multiple circuit breakers.

Racks

  • The model 560Q consists of one or two system drawers. Each drawer occupies 4U of vertical rack space. The p5-560Q is designed to be installed in a 7014-S25, T00, or T42 rack. An existing S25, T00, or T42 rack can be used for model 560Q if sufficient space and power are available. Model 560Q is not supported in the withdrawn 7015-R00 and 7014-S00 racks.

  • For p5-560Q configurations with two drawers, both drawers must be installed together in the same rack, in a continuous space of 8U, within the rack.

  • When a p5-560Q system is installed in an IBM 7014-T00 or 7014-T42 rack that has no front door, a Thin Profile Front Trim Kit must be ordered for the rack. The front bezel on a model 560Q drawer is too wide to be used with the previously announced rack trim kits (#6107 and #6081). The required trim kit for the 7014-T00 rack is feature #6246. The required trim kit for the 7014-T42 rack is feature number 6247.

  • The IBM 7014-T42 rack is constructed with a small flange at the bottom of EIA location 37. This requires special placement rules when a model 560Q system is installed near the top of a 7014-T42 rack to avoid interference with the front bezel. No system drawer can be installed in EIA positions 34, 35, or 36. A two-drawer system cannot be installed above position 29, with the single exception that a 2 drawer system can be installed in EIA position 33. (The position number refers to the bottom of the lowest drawer.)

  • The design of the System p5-560Q is optimized for use in an IBM 7014-S25, T00, or T42 rack. The front cover occupies space on the front left side of an IBM 7014 rack that may not be available in typical non-IBM racks.

I/O Drawers (System Configurations built with 1.8 GHz processors only)

  • 7311-D11, or 7311-D20 I/O drawers may be attached, using the standard RIO-2 ports.

  • The maximum number of attached RIO-2 I/O drawers depends on the number of system drawers, as follows:
    • One-drawer systems support up to 4 I/O drawers
    • Two-drawer systems support up to 8 I/O drawers

I/O Drawer Attachment (System Configurations built with 1.8 GHz processors only)

  • It is recommended that any attached I/O drawers be located in the same rack as the p5-560Q server for ease of service, but they can be installed in separate racks, if desired.

  • I/O drawers are connected to the p5-560Q drawer via the following cables:
    • RIO cables for data transfer
    • Power control cables

  • RIO cable connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. If a non-loop connection is detected, a problem is reported.

  • Each p5-560Q system drawer has two integrated RIO-2 ports, which support a single RIO loop.

  • Up to two RIO loops are available, each supporting up to four I/O drawers and up to a maximum of eight I/O drawers per system. A minimum of two RIO cables are required to attach the first I/O drawer on each RIO loop. A third drawer-to-drawer RIO cable is required to complete the loop when an additional I/O drawer is attached to the loop. RIO cables are available in various lengths to attach I/O drawers.

  • Power control for the remote I/O drawers is provided via SPCN cable loops for each RIO attachment loop. The number of power control (SPCN) cables required is equal to one plus the number of I/O drawers attached to the system drawer. A minimum of two power control cables are required for attachment of the first I/O drawer. Each additional I/O drawer requires one additional power control cable to complete the loop attachment

Disks, Media, and Boot Devices

  • Boot is supported via SCSI adapters, or from a network via LAN adapters.

  • The minimum configuration requires at least one disk drive having a capacity of 36.4 GB, or higher.

  • Each system drawer can support up to two media devices when the optional media backplane (#7869) is ordered. Any combination of DVD-ROM and DVD-RAM drives can be installed, up to four media devices in a two-drawer system.

  • When the optional Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5728) is added to the drawer it will override the internal split backplane function and combine all 6 DASD files to one RAID controller.

PCI slots and adapters

  • Each p5-560Q system drawer has six PCI-X slots. All slots operate at 3.3 volts. There are five full-length 64-bit slots and one short 64-bit slot.

  • The p5-560Q PCI slot population rules are complex. Extensive configuration rules and checking procedures are incorporated into the configurator ECFGPWR to help ensure valid system configurations. Configurations generated without using ECFGPWR may create orders that cannot be manufactured, resulting in possible order rejection and delayed delivery.

  • System maximum limits for adapters and devices may not provide optimal system performance. These limits are given to assist with connectivity and functional assurance.

Hot-plug options

  • The following options are hot-plug capable:
    • System power supplies
    • Disk drives
    • Most PCI adapters
    • Processor power regulators

  • Any PCI adapter supporting the system boot device or system console is not hot-plugged.

  • The following adapters are not hot-plug capable:
    • POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support (#1980 and #2849)
    • 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2962)

Logical partitioning (LPAR)

  • Dynamic LPAR allows up to one partition per processor.

  • Up to 10 partitions per processor are supported when Advanced POWER Virtualization (#7304) is ordered. This function requires AIX 5L V5.3, SUSE SLES 9 for POWER, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER.

  • A Hardware Management Console (HMC) or the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM) obtained with the purchase of Advanced POWER Virtualization (#7304) is required for the management of LPARs.

  • For Linux partitions, a DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a Media Enclosure and Backplane (#7869) are required.

Hardware requirements

The IBM System p5 560Q is based on a flexible, modular design that can be configured with up to:

  • Two drawers
  • 16 processors
  • 128 GB of system memory
  • 12 disk drives
  • 12 PCI slots
  • Four media devices

This flexibility is delivered through the many optional features available for the model 9116-561. Each new p5-560Q must include a minimum of the following items:

Minimum Configuration

  • One system drawer (4U) with the following:
    • 1X - System Enclosure w/Bezel (#7300)
    • 2X - Power Cords (#6671)
    • 1X - Rack-Mount Rail Kit (#7164)
    • 1X - Processor Enclosure and Backplane (#7865)
    • 1X - I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X slots (#7866)
    • 1X - System Midplane (#7867)
    • 1X - Ultra320 DASD Backplane (#7868)
    • 1X - Power Distribution Backplane (#7870)
    • 1X - System Port riser card (#7878)
    • 2X - Power Supplies (#7888)

  • 1X - Processor Power Regulator (#7768)

  • 1X - Operator Panel (#1846)

  • 1X - Service Processor (#7997)

  • Processor Card: 1X - 4-way 1.8 GHz, 0-Way active, DDR2 (#7295)

  • Processor Activations: 4X - Processor Activations for #7295 (#7235 or in combination with #7345)

  • 2 GB Memory: 2X - (2 x 512 MB DIMMs) (default minimum memory (#1930) must be purchased in 4 DIMM quantities)

  • Disk Drive: 1X - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Assembly (#1971) or larger drive selection selection.

  • #9XXX Language Group Specify

    Note: Additional optional features can be added, as desired.

Express Configurations

Express Configurations provide a convenient way to order any of several configurations designed to meet typical customer requirements. Special reduced pricing is available when a system order satisfies specific configuration requirements for memory, disk drives, and processors. When an Express Configuration is ordered, the configurator offers a choice of starting points that can be added onto. Customers can configure systems with 1, 2 or 4 processors cards and 4 to 16 processor activations. With the purchase of an Express Configuration, for each paid processor activation the customer is entitled to one processor activation at no additional charge, if the following requirements are met:

  • The system must have at least two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each.
  • There must be at least 2 GB of memory installed for each active processor.

Only Express Configuration starting points can be expanded using Express Configuration pricing. To qualify for the Express pricing offer additional processors and activations along with the required additional memory must all be on the same order (Initial or MES). The upgraded p5-560Q configuration must satisfy the Express Configuration requirements for disk drives, memory, and processors. Activations of previously installed processors do not qualify for Express +onfiguration pricing.

Configurator starting points:

         4-way 1.8 GHz Power5+ System
                 Processor (1 x #7295)
                 8 GB Memory (4 x #1931)
                 2x73 GB DASD (2 x #1971)
                 Processor Activations (2 x #7235 + 2 x #7345)
                 Media Backplane (1 x #7869)
                 IDE DVDROM (1 x #1994)
 
          8-way 1.8 GHz Power5+ System
                 Processor (2 x #7295)
                 16 GB Memory (8 x #1931)
                 2x73GB DASD (2 x #1971)
                 Processor Activations (4 x #7235 + 4 x #7345)
                 Media Backplane (1 x #7869)
                 IDE DVDROM (1 x #1994)
 

Software requirements

For Systems configured with the 1.5 GHz Power5+ processor (#7781)

If installing AIX on the system (one of these):

  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270), or later
  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273), or later

If installing Linux on the system (one of these):

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 for POWER, or later

For systems configured with the 1.8 GHz Power5+ processor (#7295)

If installing AIX on the system (one of these):

  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level, or later

If installing Linux on the system (one of these):

  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 for POWER or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later

Note: Not all p5-560Q system features available on the AIX operating system are available on the Linux operating systems.

Information on features and external devices supported by Linux on the p5-560Q can be found at:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/linux/


Back to topBack to top
 
Publications

The following information is shipped with the 9116-561. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

                Title                                      Order Number
---------------------------------------------------------  ------------
IBM System Hardware Information Center CD-ROM              SK3T-8159
IBM eServer Safety Information                             G229-9054
Setup Instructions                                         SA41-5156
IBM Statement of Limited Warranty                          Z125-4753
IBM License Agreement for Machine Code                     Z125-5468
Pointer Sheet for Machine Internal Code License Agreement  GC52-1065
 

Visit the IBM eServer Information Center, which contains the documentation for the hardware:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/library/infocenter/

AIX documentation can be found at the pSeries and AIX Information Center. To access this Web site, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/unixservers/index.html

The publications listed on the notification can be ordered by calling the Publication Support Group in Raleigh at 800-879-2755, option 1. The IBM Publications Center Portal:

http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order

The Publications Center is a worldwide central repository for IBM product publications and marketing material with a catalog of 70,000 items. Extensive search facilities are provided, as well as payment options via credit card. Furthermore, a large number of publications are available online in various file formats, which can currently be downloaded free of charge.
Back to topBack to top
 

Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature descriptions
TOC Link Feature exchanges


Features - No charge

  • Languages
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) - Language Group Specify -- Romanian
    • (#9727) - Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator
    • (#5001) - Custom Service Specify
    • (#5005) - Software Preinstall
    • (#7305) - AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator

  • Rack Related
    • (#5886) - EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
    • (#9570) - Reserved Rack Space Indicator - 4U

  • Specify Codes
    • (#0453) - Customer Specified Placement

      One and only one rack indicator features is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

    • (#4650) - Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated
    • (#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#9169) - Order Routing Indicator - System Plant

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • Editions
    • (#8023) - SAP Solution Edition - 16-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q
    • (#8029) - Oracle Solution Edition - 8-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • Adapters
    • (#1810) - GX Dual-port 4x HCA
    • (#1905) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1910) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#1912) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#1913) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#1954) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1974) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#1975) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#1977) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1978) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1979) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1980) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#1981) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1982) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1983) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1984) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#1985) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#1986) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#1987) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#2498) - PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#2737) - Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
    • (#2738) - 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
    • (#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
    • (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
    • (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
    • (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
    • (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
    • (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
    • (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
    • (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
    • (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
    • (#5647) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
    • (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5703) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5712) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#5728) - Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card
    • (#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5737) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5902) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#5912) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
    • (#5922) - Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
    • (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
    • (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
    • (#6228) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
    • (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
    • (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
    • (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
    • (#6239) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#7861) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Short Adapters, Type II
    • (#7862) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Type II
    • (#7863) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
    • (#7878) - System Port Riser Card
    • (#7997) - System Service Processor

  • Cable
    • (#1835) - 3 meter 4x Cable
    • (#1836) - 8 meter 4x Cable
    • (#1839) - 1.5 meter 4x Cable
    • (#1857) - SP Flex Cable, Two-Drawer System
    • (#2114) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
    • (#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2424) - 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
    • (#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
    • (#2456) - LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) - LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2877) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
    • (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
    • (#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) - Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) - Cable, X.21
    • (#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
    • (#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
    • (#3146) -RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
    • (#3147) -RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M
    • (#3148) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
    • (#3156) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
    • (#3168) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
    • (#3652) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
    • (#3653) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
    • (#3654) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
    • (#3661) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M
    • (#3662) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M
    • (#3663) - SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M
    • (#3684) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
    • (#3685) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
    • (#3691) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
    • (#3692) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
    • (#3693) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
    • (#3694) - SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
    • (#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#4242) - 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
    • (#4353) - H-100 Bus 8-position Cable
    • (#4691) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box to Drawer or Status Beacon
    • (#4692) - Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain
    • (#6001) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
    • (#6006) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
    • (#6007) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
    • (#6008) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
    • (#6029) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
    • (#7801) - Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#7802) - Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
    • (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
    • (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
    • (#8136) - Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#8137) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

  • Disk
    • (#1968) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1969) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1970) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1971) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1972) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#1973) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3273) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
    • (#3647) - 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3648) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#3649) - 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
    • (#6598) - Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)
    • (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647
    • (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648
    • (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649

  • Display
    • (#3627) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3628) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3635) - T210 Flat-Panel Monitor
    • (#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
    • (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3640) - ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

  • Keyboards
    • (#5951) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#5952) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
    • (#5953) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#5954) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#5955) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#5956) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#5957) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#5958) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#5959) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#5960) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#5961) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#5962) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#5963) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
    • (#5964) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
    • (#5965) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#5966) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#5967) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#5968) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/ German, #150
    • (#5969) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#5970) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#5971) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#5972) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#5973) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#5974) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#5975) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#5976) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#5977) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#5978) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#5979) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#5980) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#5981) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#5982) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#5983) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P
    • (#8800) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8801) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8802) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8803) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8804) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8805) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8806) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8807) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
    • (#8808) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058
    • (#8810) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120
    • (#8811) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#8812) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
    • (#8813) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#8814) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
    • (#8816) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
    • (#8817) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143
    • (#8818) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
    • (#8819) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
    • (#8820) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
    • (#8821) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
    • (#8823) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
    • (#8825) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
    • (#8826) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
    • (#8827) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
    • (#8829) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8830) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
    • (#8833) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
    • (#8834) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#8835) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8836) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
    • (#8838) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8839) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
    • (#8840) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

  • Linecords
    • (#6458) - Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
    • (#6469) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5
    • (#6470) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
    • (#6471) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70
    • (#6472) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18
    • (#6473) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19
    • (#6474) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23
    • (#6475) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32
    • (#6476) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24
    • (#6477) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22
    • (#6478) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25
    • (#6479) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6
    • (#6487) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5
    • (#6488) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2
    • (#6493) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62
    • (#6494) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69
    • (#6495) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73
    • (#6496) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66
    • (#6651) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75
    • (#6659) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76
    • (#6665) Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6669) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)
    • (#6670) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)
    • (#6671) - Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated
    • (#6687) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

  • Media Devices
    • (#1993) - IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#1994) - IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
    • (#2591) - External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
    • (#7869) - Media Enclosure And Backplane

  • Memory
    • (#1930) - 1024MB (2x512MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
    • (#1931) - 2048MB (2x1024MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
    • (#1932) - 4096MB (2x2048MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM
    • (#1934) - 8192MB (2x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

  • Miscellaneous
    • (#1846) - Operator Panel
    • (#7304) - Advanced POWER Virtualization
    • (#7865) - Processor Enclosure And Backplane
    • (#7866) - I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X Slots
    • (#7867) - System Midplane
    • (#7868) - Ultra320 SCSI 6-pack Backplane
    • (#8231) - Memory Offering -- 32GB/64GB/96GB/128GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs)
    • (#8841) - Mouse - USB, Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse

  • Power
    • (#7768) - Processor Power Regulator
    • (#7870) - Power Distribution Backplane
    • (#7888) - AC Power Supply, 1400 W

  • Processor
    • (#1867) - Processor Cable, Two-Drawer System
    • (#7235) -One Processor Activation for Processor #7295
    • (#7295) -0/4 way 1.8 GHz QCM Processor
    • (#7345) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #7295
    • (#7398) - Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7781
    • (#7662) - Activation for one #7781 processor -permanent.
    • (#7781) - 0/4 way 1.5GHz QCM Processor

  • Rack Related
    • (#4693) - Rack Status Beacon Junction Box
    • (#7164) - IBM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit
    • (#7300) - System Drawer Enclosure w/ Bezel

  • Specify Codes
    • (#0265) - AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) - Linux Partition Specify

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM RS/6000 or pSeries 9116 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0265) AIX Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under AIX.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#0265)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This Partition Specify feature may be applied one (1) time per active processor. If the optional Advanced POWER Virtualization feature (#7304) is purchased this quantity increases to ten (10) times per active processor.

(#0266) Linux Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#0266)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
    • OS level required: SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 for iSeries and pSeries systems, or later, or Red Hat RHEL 3.1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This Partition Specify feature may be applied one (1) time per active processor. If the optional Advanced POWER Virtualization feature (#7304) is purchased this quantity increases to ten (10) times per active processor.

(#0453) - Customer Specified Placement

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.

  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.

  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).

  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP Web site:
    http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp

    (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)

  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP Web site. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  • For 9116-561: (#0453)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#0983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1810) GX Dual-port 4x HCA

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

The #1810, GX Dual-port 4x Host Channel Adapter, provides an adapter that enables the attachment to supported InfiniBand switches. This adapter plugs into the system backplane (GX slot). Connection to supported InfiniBand switches are accomplished by using the 4x Cables.

  • Attributes provided: 2 ports of 4x to attach to supported InfiniBand switches
  • Attributes required: Available GX slot position
  • For 9116-561: (#1810)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1835) 3 meter 4x Cable

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This 3 meter 4x cable is utilized to connnect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 3 meter 4x cable
  • Attributes required: 4x port
  • For 9116-561: (#1835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1836) 8 meter 4x Cable

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This 8 meter 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 8 meter 4x cable
  • Attributes required: 4x port
  • For 9116-561: (#1836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1839) 1.5 meter 4x Cable

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This 1.5 meter 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 1.5 meter 4x IB cable
  • Attributes required: 4x IB port
  • For 9116-561: (#1839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1846) Operator Panel

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an operator panel that controls single-drawer or multi-drawer systems.

  • Attributes provided: Operator panel
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#1846)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1857) SP Flex Cable, Two-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required Service Processor interconnections between separate drawers of a two-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the rear of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Service processor connections for two drawers
  • Attributes required: System configured with two drawers
  • For 9116-561: (#1857)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1867) Processor Cable, Two-Drawer System

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This cable provides the required interconnections between processors in separate drawers of a two-drawer system. It is a flat cable that connects to the front of each drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Processor connections for two-drawer system
  • Attributes required: System configured with two drawers
  • For 9116-561: (#1867)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1905) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • 6 adapters per node for connectivity.
  • 4 adapters per node for performance.
  • Connectivity Maximum: (12)
  • Performance Maximum: (8)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1905)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Adapter will operate in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode only.

(#1910) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • 4 adapters per node for connectivity.
  • 2 adapters per node for performance.
  • Connectivity Maximum: (8)
  • Performance Maximum: (4)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Note: Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1910)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Adapter will operate in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode only.

(#1912) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with the 5300-03 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY71011) or later software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1912)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 6 per CEC enclosure.

(#1913) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID LVD only Adapter (#1913) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10 capability, and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 90 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is a resident part of this adapter. The 90 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices designed to run at 320 MB can run up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. All attaching devices should be Ultra320 LVD devices to utilize the 320 MB per second performance, however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. This card does not support single-ended (SE) devices.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or the external ports) are required to be formatted to 522-byte sectors. 522-byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option provide in the AIX supporting software, which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512-byte sectors. Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. In addition, there are some disk drives, which do not support 522 Byte Sectors format. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD external subsystems.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X DDR bus slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1913)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 5 adapters per enclosure

(#1930) 1024MB (2x512MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 1024MB of system memory with 2 512MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
  • For 9116-561: (#1930)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: For Machine Type 9116 this feature must be ordered in even number quantities. Odd number quantity orders will not be accepted.

(#1931) 2048MB (2x1024MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 2048MB of system memory with 2 1024MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9116-561: (#1931)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: For Machine Type 9116 this feature must be ordered in even number quantities. Odd number quantity orders will not be accepted.

(#1932) 4096MB (2x2048MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9116-561: (#1932)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: For Machine Type 9116 this feature must be ordered in even number quantities. Odd number quantity orders will not be accepted.

(#1934) 8192MB (2x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-PIN, 533 MHz DDR-2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides 8192MB of system memory with 2 4096MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 9116-561: (#1934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: For Machine Type 9116 this feature must be ordered in even number quantities. Odd number quantity orders will not be accepted.

(#1954) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports

  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus

  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant

  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant

  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant

  • 802.1q VLAN tagging

  • Interrupt Moderation

  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware

  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame

  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization

  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed

  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports

  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1968) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#1968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1969) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#1969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1970) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2007)

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#1970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1971) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#1971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1972) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#1972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1973) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#1973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX V4.3 or higher
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1974) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1974)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#1975) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (#5703) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors. Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support.
  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#1977) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2007)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1978) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#1978) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1979) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1980) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description:
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map

  • Features Supported:
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

  • APIs Supported:
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)

  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics

  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot

  • For 9116-561: (#1980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1981) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 9116-561: (#1981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two #1981 adapters per system drawer. Drawers with only one processor card can have a maximum of one #1981 adapter.

(#1982) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: o AIX V5.2 or higher o Linux-Refer to the following Web site for Linux information:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two #1982 adapters per system drawer. Drawers with only one processor card can have a maximum of one #1982 adapter.

(#1983) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1983) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1979) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1984) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1984)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1985) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1985)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1986) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 30, 2010)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1986)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:

      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html

    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1987) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9116-561: (#1987)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1993) IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter; 10.8MB/sec read (8X DVD-ROM); 2.7MB/sec write (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.7MB/sec read (2X DVD-RAM)

  • Interface: Parallel IDE

  • Average Random Access Time: 150ms CD-ROM; 180ms DVD-ROM; 229ms DVD-RAM

  • Buffer Memory: 2MB

  • High-speed burst rate of 16/16/33 MB/second for PIO / MDMA / UDMA transfers respectively

  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.

  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position

  • Reads multi-session discs

  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.

  • Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided) DVD-RAM media

  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One IDE 12.7mm high media bay
  • For 9116-561: (#1993)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER with SP1, or later. Red Hat Linux AS 4 for POWER with Update 1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#1994) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=3600 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=10.3MB/sec (max)

  • Interface: IDE/ATAPI

  • Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=95ms(typical); DVD-ROM=150ms(typical)

  • Buffer Memory: 256KB

  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)

  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)

  • 12.7mm Slimline form factor

  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions

  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats

  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: 8X/24X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
  • For 9116-561: (#1994)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER with SP1, or later. Red Hat Linux AS 4 for POWER with Update 1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2114) PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 9116-561: (#2114)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#2118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2424) 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 9116-561: (#2424)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 9116-561: (#2425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 50 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#2456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2459) LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 62.5 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#2459)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2498) PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter

The RS/6000 PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter(#2498) is a non-bootable high performance Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,1,1E, 5, or 5E capability and can address up to sixty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on four independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 128 MByte fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 128 MByte fast-write cache is a resident feature of the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter that utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter failure, a replacement PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter to help ensure data integrity. The 128 MByte fast-write cache can provide an significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has four independent Ultra3 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and four external ports. The two internal ports are shared with two of the external ports. Two of the four busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The other two busses only drive external ports. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on supporting RS/6000 systems. Systems with one or two internal 6-pack disks can attach to a PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter. The four external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The four external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate.

Limitations:

  • The four external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 external Fast/Wide SCSI disk enclosure.
  • Even though the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at Ultra3 SCSI speeds (up to 160 MBytes/s) and Ultra2 SCSI speeds (up to 80MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system backplane.

In order for full support and to take full advantage of the Ultra3 (up to 160 MBytes/s) speed of this adapter, the proper AIX level also needs to be considered. AIX 4.3.3 with appropriate APAR updates or later AIX versions support the full range of SCSI bus data rates (including Ultra3 SCSI up to 160 MByte/s). Check the AIX level your system has or is able to support.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 9116-561: (#2498)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2591) External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The externally attached USB diskette drive provides storage capacity up to 1.44 MB on a high density (2HD) floppy disk and 720 KB on a double density floppy disk. Includes 350mm (13.7 in) captured cable with standard USB connector.

Limitation:

  • Maximum 1 USB diskette per adapter,
  • Up to 1 Keyboard and Mouse also supported on the adapter with the diskette drive at the same time
  • No system boot capability
  • Not to be operated upside down or with eject button down

Characteristics:

  • Capacity - 1.44 MB (2HD disk) or 720 KB (double density disk)
  • Physical Dimensions: Width=103mm (4.05 in), Height=17.6mm (.69 in), Depth=141.8mm (5.58 in)
  • Color: Black
  • Data Rate: 12 Mbits/sec
  • Max Power Consumption: 2.36 Watt (seek)
  • Operates in all positions except those noted in the limitations above
  • Attributes provided: External diskette drive
  • Attributes required: 1 available USB port
  • For 9116-561: (#2591)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2737) Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI

This PCI card provides for connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#2737)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2738) 2-Port USB PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse. Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#2738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map

  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)

  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)

  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)

  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics

  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot

  • For 9116-561: (#2849)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2861) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#2861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2863) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#2863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2864) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#2864)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2877) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
  • For 9116-561: (#2877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is is used in conjunction with:

  • FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
  • FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
  • For 9116-561: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature #6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature #8133). The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • For 9116-561: (#2936)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#2943)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.

Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

RANs can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RAN's on separate synchronous channels.

  • Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138)
  • For 9116-561: (#2944)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2946) Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter

The IBM Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a 64-bit, Universal PCI Adapter. This adapter provides direct access to the ATM network at a dedicated 622 Mbps full-duplex connection. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a short form-factor adapter that interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the 622 Mbps ATM network via dual-SC type, multi-mode fiber cables. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter utilizes 16MB of SDRAM for control and 16MB of SDRAM for packet memory. This ATM adapter also provides a hardware assist for TCP checksum which can provide a performance improvement by minimizing the host CPU cycles.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex connection to 622 ATM network
  • Attributes required: One available PCI card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#2946)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of October 13, 2006)

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX, Developer's Kit, AIX Versions 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later that provide SDLC and Bisync support; AIX Versions 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later that provide AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html

  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later (for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support).
  • For 9116-561: (#2947)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.24 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#2951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2952) Cable, V.35

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.35 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#2952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.36 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#2953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2954) Cable, X.21

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: X.21 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#2954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical

  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections

  • Attributes required: One PCI slot

  • For 9116-561: (#2962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3124) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#3124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3125) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#3125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3146) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This 1.2-meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable connects two RIO-2 based I/O planars within an I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 1.2M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 I/O planars
  • For 9116-561: (#3146)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3147) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 3 1/2 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#3147)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3148) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 10 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#3148)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3156) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This 1.75 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 1.75M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • For 9116-561: (#3156)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3168) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 2.5 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • For 9116-561: (#3168)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3273) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#3273)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#3274)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3275) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#3275)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3277) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#3277)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3278) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#3278)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3279) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#3279)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3578) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 9116-561: (#3578)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX V4.3 or higher PSSP levels 3.1, 3.2 and higher Linux-Refer to the following Web Site for Linux information:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • For 9116-561: (#3585)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: Refer to the Server System OS level requirements if attaching to native SCSI adapters or the OS level required by the attaching SCSI adapter as appropriate.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3627) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color

  • 17-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.

  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz.

Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3627)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3628) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.

Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3628)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3635) T210 Flat-Panel Monitor

The T210 flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 528 mm (20.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.207 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 2048 x 1536 pels at 60Hz.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3635)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3636)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3637) IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color

  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.

  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.

  • Tilt/swivel stand

  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only

  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor

  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter

  • For 9116-561: (#3637)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3638) IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa) non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa).
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.)
  • Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.)
  • Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.)
  • Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.)
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3639)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3640) ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 800:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • RoHS compliant
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3641) IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 10, 2007)

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degrees
  • For 9116-561: (#3641)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3642) ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3642)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3643) IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

(No longer available as of January 25, 2008)

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3643)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3644) IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3644)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3645) IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 9116-561: (#3645)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3647) 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

146.8GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 146.8GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 9116-561: (#3647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 288 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3648) 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

300GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
  • Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
  • Attributes required: one SAS Drive Slot
  • For 9116-561: (#3648)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 288 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3649) 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
  • Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with re- format.
  • Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
  • For 9116-561: (#3649)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 288 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3652) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3653) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3654) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 6 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.

  • Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3684)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3685)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3693)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

  • Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#3694)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3925) Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#3925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#3926)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3927) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 9116-561: (#3927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 9116-561: (#3928)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4242) 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • For 9116-561: (#4242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4256) Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M

This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • For 9116-561: (#4256)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4353) H-100 Bus 8-position Cable

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 8-position cable should be used when more than four and less than or equal to eight adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. If four or less adapters are interconnected, the H.100 Bus 4-Drop Cable (#2877) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Four to eight H.100 adapters
  • For 9116-561: (#4353)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

One and only one rack indicator features is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.

Note: This "no charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#4650)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi-rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Manufacturing.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Manufacturing.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack- mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack- mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4664)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi-rack order. When added to an initial rack-mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack-mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi-rack order.

Note: For 19" rack-mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: One feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack- mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 9116-561: (#4666)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4691) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box to Drawer or Status Beacon

This cable can be used to connect the Rack Status Beacon Junction Box to a supported rack drawer or to the Rack Status Beacon.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between Rack Status Beacon components
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#4691)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4692) Rack Status Beacon Cable, Junction Box Daisy Chain

This cable is used to connect two Rack Status Beacon Junction Boxes (#4693) together. Multiple Junction Boxes may be linked in series, as required.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • Attributes required: Two or more (#4693) Junction Boxes
  • For 9116-561: (#4692)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4693) Rack Status Beacon Junction Box

This feature provides six input connectors and one output connector for racks configured with the Rack Status Beacon (#4690). Multiple Junction Boxes can be linked together in series with Daisy Chain Cable #4692.

  • Attributes provided: Connection of multiple drawers to a single Rack Status Beacon (#4690).
  • Attributes required: Feature #4690 and two or more #4691 cables.
  • For 9116-561: (#4693)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4764) PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally (as of 3/30/2007) via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules. The firmware for the #4764 is shipped on a CD that is part of the feature. Software installation documentation is shipped on the same CD.

Note: Prior to 3/30/2007 only CCA was supported (available on CD LCD8-0477-00). Customers installing feature 4764 prior to 3/30/2007 who now wish to install PKCS#11 can contact 1-800-IBM-SERV to request ECA 618 for use with feature 4764. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card. Customers currently running with CCA support do not need this ECA as there is no newer version of the CCA function on this new CD

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Accelerator Function, EMV-Based Credit Card Function, CCA API Host Support and (as of 3/30/2007) PKCS#11 API. Both CCA APIs and PKCS#11 APIs are included on CD LCD8-0477-01, titled "4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor Support Version 2.0". li.Attributes required: One PCI-X card slot Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.
  • For 9116-561: (#4764)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later or AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Please validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs please contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

    Note: Max per cpu is 2; 8 per IO drawer/partition/planar.

(#4953) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter provides dedicated, 155 Mbps full-duplex connection to ATM networks over either permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC). This adapter enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network with Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP). It also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155 UTP connector
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#4953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4957) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter provides direct access to ATM networks. This 155 Mbps PCI ATM MMF Adapter provides dedicated 155 Mbps full-duplex connection using permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC) and enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network. The adapter also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

This 155 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is compatible with:

  • IBM 8285 ATM Workgroup Switch
  • IBM 8260 ATM Subsystem
  • IBM 8282 ATM Concentrator
  • IBM 8281 ATM LAN Bridge
  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155Mbps MMF connection
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#4957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4959) IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter

The IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter for RS/6000 is a single slot, short, 32-bit, PCI adapter supporting 4 or 16 Mbps data rates, either half-duplex or full-duplex.

Automatic Ring-Speed selection prevents "wrong speed" insertion into the ring, even when connected to speed-sensing hubs. This adapter will operate with either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Cat 5 cable with RJ-45 connectors or shielded twisted pair (STP) Type 1A cabling with 9-pin D-shell connectors. The Token-Ring PCI Adapter will provide network boot capability.

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required: A single empty 32-bit PCI adapter slot.
  • For 9116-561: (#4959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4960) IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator

The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a short form factor PCI Secure Socket Layer (SSL) hardware accelerator adapter. For Secure Web transaction, SSL operations is a key requirement. To do this, public-key cryptographic operations using SSL handshake protocol is employed. The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a hardware cryptographic solution that off-loads this compute-intensive public-key cryptographic processing from the host.

The overall operation control, including command decoding, is implemented in hardware and requires no on-card microprocessor subsystem. As such, the adapter is a less expensive alternative to those who do not need the high security of the on-card secure programming environment such as is offered by the PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor(#4958), but do need the high cryptographic performance that hardware acceleration provides by offloading the host processor.

Note: The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is only supported by the industry standard PKCS #11 application programming interface (API) Version 2.01, and applications which interface to the PKCS #11 Support Program.

  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#4960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4961) IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter

IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adapter supporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex. Each port is provided with it's own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiation for detecting speed and duplex capability across each port. Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using this adapter if no specific limitation is stated. The IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. But, for high end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968) are the preferred solutions. Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs. These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) being active.

  • With all four ports under full bandwidth conditions, a single IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to deliver up to 3 times the comparable performance of a single IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).
  • Under most conditions, each port of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to perform at greater than 50% the throughput of the single port of the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary and depends upon the RS/6000 model, the I/O configuration, and associated workload of your applications.

  • Attributes provided: 4 ports of 10/100 Base-Tx Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot Web 1.08
  • For 9116-561: (#4961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#4962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#4963) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a 2/3 length PCI adapter which combines hardware and software to provide a wide variety of security services. The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a second generation adapter of the Cryptographic Coprocessor family that provides high performance secure hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as transmitting data, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. In addition, the card is enclosed in a tamper proof enclosure to restrict access to on card resources, designed to FIPS 140-1 Level 4 standards.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

  • DES (Data Encryption Standard) (40 and 56 bit key) encryption and decryption, with pre-and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both ECB (electronic and codebook) and CBC (cipher block chain) modes of encryption.
  • MAC (Message Authentication) generation and MAC verification services
  • Triple DES (three key) encryption and decryption of eight-byte units
  • Secure RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification at 18 signatures/sec at 2048 bits
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Secure data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

As part of this adapter's physical security features, the following events will cause an adapter shutdown and secure data zeroization.

  • Shipping/Storage Temperature less than -15C or greater than 95C
  • Dead Battery (VBAT less than 2.4V)
  • Supply Voltage greater than 3.3V/12V max
  • Mesh Sensor opens/shorts detection
  • X-ray exposure

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from the Web site:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards
  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to Web site:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards.

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#4963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5001) Custom Service Specify

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Customer Solution Center (CSC).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#5001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5005) Software Preinstall

(No Longer Available in Latin America as of March 01, 2006)

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#5005)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5647) Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.

  • Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a standard length PCI slot
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Standard Length
  • For 9116-561: (#5647)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: no max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5703) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter (#5703) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support.
  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5712) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5713)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Max 51 per system.

(#5714) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Max 51 per system

(#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • For 9116-561: (#5718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two #5718 adapters per system drawer. Drawers with only one processor card can have a maximum of one #5718 adapter.

(#5719) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: o AIX V5.2 or higher o Linux-Refer to the following Web site for Linux information:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two #5719 adapters per system drawer. Drawers with only one processor card can have a maximum of one #5719 adapter.

(#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 9116-561: (#5721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
              http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
              hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 1981, 1982, 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 4.

(#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single- mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • For 9116-561: (#5722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
              http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
              hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF240_205. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 1981, 1982, 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 4.

(#5723) 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: o AIX V5.2 or higher o Linux-Refer to the following Web site for Linux information:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5728) Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5728) is a bootable high performance SCSI RAID Enablement feature providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability to select pSeries systems with the appropriate supporting integrated SCSI adapter and internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte nonvolatile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this feature. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide an improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors. Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Limitation: Even though the supporting integrated adapter with the Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

  • Attributes provided: Internal disk drives can be configured as an array.
  • Attributes required: System with supporting integrated SCSI adapter and disk drives.
  • For 9116-561: (#5728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: Each drawer enclosure within a System can have a maximum of one FC 5728.

Note: When the optional Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card (#5728) is added to the drawer it will override the internal split backplane function and combine all 6 DASD files to one RAID controller.

(#5736) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with the 5300-03 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY71011) or later software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5736)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2L or AIX 5.3D or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER with SP2 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER with QU2, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 6 per CEC enclosure.

    Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5737) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID LVD only Adapter (#5737) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10 capability, and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 90 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is a resident part of this adapter. The 90 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices designed to run at 320 MB can run up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. All attaching devices should be Ultra320 LVD devices to utilize the 320 MB per second performance, however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. This card does not support single-ended (SE) devices.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or the external ports) are required to be formatted to 522-byte sectors. 522-byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option provide in the AIX supporting software, which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512-byte sectors.

Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. In addition, there are some disk drives, which do not support 522 Byte Sectors format. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD external subsystems.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X DDR bus slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5737)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of 5 adapters per enclosure.

    Note: This system uses blind swap hardware to manage the installation and removal of PCI Adapters. Therefore, the internal connectors on PCI adapters are not supported for use in this system.

(#5740) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5740)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • 6 adapters per node for connectivity.
  • 4 adapters per node for performance.
  • Connectivity Maximum: (12)
  • Performance Maximum: (8)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5758)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Adapter will operate in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode only.

(#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • 4 adapters per node for connectivity.
  • 2 adapters per node for performance.
  • Connectivity Maximum: (8)
  • Performance Maximum: (4)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Note: Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5759)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
             http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
             hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Adapter will operate in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode only.

(#5886) EXP 12S Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012)

The EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5886 supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD) or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the drawer is one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or one pair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and two Service Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204. Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAS cables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached together with SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.

Note: SSD is not supported in #5886 when attach to Power 5 server.

  • Additional information can be found in the Technical Information section of the IBM System Storage EXP 12S Announce letter:
  • http://www-01.ibm.com/common/ssi/cgi-bin/ ssialias?infotype=AN&subtype=CA&htmlfid=897/ ENUS108-074&appname=USN#@2h@80@
  • Attributes provided: 12 SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER5 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
  • For 9116-561: (#5886)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5902) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a long form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications requiring two adapters. Two #5902 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported. It is used with FC 5886 EXP 12S SAS disk expansion drawers. FC 5902 is always to be in used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10
  • 175MB of NV Fast Write Cache
  • Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot per #5902. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5902. SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S use one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
  • For 9116-561: (#5902)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)

      Note: The System Maximum is twenty-four with attached I/O drawers.

    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5912) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0 and 10 are supported. FC 5912 may also be used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

  • Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
  • Removable Media Device Supported
  • SAS speed = 3Gbs
  • SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
  • SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
  • RAID 0 and 10
  • Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
  • Concurrent Firmware Update
  • Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
  • For 9116-561: (#5912)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
      • IBM i - not supported
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

      Note: System Max is twelve with or without attached I/O drawers.

(#5922) Non-paired SAS RAID indicator

Feature 5922 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5902. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5902 on one system and the paired #5902 located on a second system.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
  • Attributes required: Every #5922 requires a SAS RAID adapter on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • For 9116-561: (#5922)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5951) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5952) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5953) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5954) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5955) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5955)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5956) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5956)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5957) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5958) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5958)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5959) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5960) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5961) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5962) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5963) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5964) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/French #120 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5965) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5965)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5966) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5966)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5967) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5967)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5968) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5969) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5970) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5970)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5971) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5971)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5972) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5972)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5973) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5973)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5974) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5974)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5975) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5976) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5976)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5977) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5977)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5978) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5978)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5979) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5979)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5980) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5980)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5981) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5981)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5982) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5982)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#5983) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English International #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#5983)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6001) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides a two-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 2M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 9116-561: (#6001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6006) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter

This feature provides a three-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 3M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 9116-561: (#6006)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6007) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter

This feature provides a fifteen-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 15M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 9116-561: (#6007)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6008) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 9116-561: (#6008)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6029) Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a thirty-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 30M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 9116-561: (#6029)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6203) PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) is a 64-bit adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external and will support a data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second, up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI adapter (80 MBytes per second).

In order to achieve an Ultra3 SCSI bus data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this Ultra3 160 MBytes per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems should also be Ultra3 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2 and Ultra3 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter.

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to an external port of this adapter, the SCSI port will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster than 20MB/s maximum. This auto-throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host adapter and attaching subsystem. The second external port is unaffected unless a SE subsystem is also attached to it. If so, it would also auto-throttle as described above.

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) also is a native boot adapter with AIX 4.3.3 or AIX 5.1 (with appropriate updates) in the supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#6203)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6204) PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of an RS/6000 SCSI-2 differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rates of 40 MBytes per second. This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the newer +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5 volt PCI slots. Feature code # 6204 allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away. Feature code # 6204 will negotiate with each external device and transfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device. Check system sales pages as to which external differential subsystems are supported.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) documentation. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

  • Attributes provided: 15 external SCSI-2 addresses
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot.
  • For 9116-561: (#6204)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6228) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI adapter with LC type external fiber connectors that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1Gps or 2Gps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gps or 2Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC Fibre Channel Conversion Cable (#2456) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices:

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 FC/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI slot
  • For 9116-561: (#6228)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6230) Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight-initiator, non-RAID capability, two-initiator RAID 1, two-initiator RAID 0 + 1, two-initiator RAID 5, or one-initiator RAID 0 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in RAID 0+1, RAID 5, and non-RAID applications. When the 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card is used, the adapter can be configured in either single or dual initiator fast-write cache mode. In dual initiator fast-write cache mode, if one of the two adapters fail, the failing adapter is designed to transfer control over to the other. Also, in dual initiator Fast Write Cache mode, the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available and required to utilize the full 32 MBytes of fast-write cache on the adapters. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card is not used in dual initiator fast-write cache mode, the effective fast-write cache capacity will be 16 MBytes on each adapter. See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information.

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. When operated in a RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 configuration, will support up to eight disk drives mirrored. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 and RAID 0+1 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information)

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from an Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230), provided a non-RAID SSA disk is included as part of the configuration. Other disks associated with the adapter can be RAID but at least one disk must be a non-RAID SSA disk. The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit. If your system is running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, native boot capability is supported. For factory system orders with AIX preload requested, an internal SCSI disk drive will be preloaded as the native boot disk even if internal SSA disk drive(s) are present. If your system is running with AIX 4.2.1 or AIX 4.3.2 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter:

  • The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit.

  • A supported AIX version of software (with proper updates) must be loaded to the non-RAID SSA disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the non-RAID disk.

  • The system with a non-RAID SSA disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.

  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the non-RAID SSA disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place from the boot disk without any support from the control processor or NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.

After October 3, 2000, a 3-Way Copy Function will be available. This 3-Way Copy Function allows a user to create a third copy to an existing RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array while mirrored operation continues. 3-Way Copy allows the user, at any time after the copy process has completed, to split the third copy off from the original RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array to form an independent RAID copy. This third copy or "snapshot" copy could be typically used to perform a backup or to test some new application. The 3-Way Copy Function is available only via a code download and can only be gained by going to the SSA web support pages defined below.

When performing SSA device or subsystem planning, installation, upgrades, or preventive maintenance, refer to the following Web support pages. They provide access to the latest SSA publications and support code for the system, SSA adapters, and SSA subsystems. These sites should also be considered during system hardware and/or operating system upgrades if SSA devices are included in the system.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/

The above link contains links to SSA publications and other SSA Web sites, including the one below:

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/rs6k/index.html

The above link contains lists of the latest SSA support code and provides code download capability for the RS/6000 and AIX environments.

LIMITATION: Internal ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSA disk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 9116-561: (#6230)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6231) 128 MByte DRAM Option Card

The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is a field only optional feature to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or a factory or field option for the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). This option is recommended for dual initiator fail-over Fast Write Cache (FWC) configurations. The option increases the existing DRAM on the adapter to 128 MBytes. In this type of dual initiator FWC configuration, the existing DRAM does not have enough capacity to completely contain a copy of each adapter's 32 MByte FWC and also provide additional working space. The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card provides this additional space needed to contain a full copy of each adapters 32 MByte FWC content and allows for full 32 MByte fail-over protection. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is not used with dual-initiator FWC configurations, the effective FWC capacity is reduced to 16 MBytes per adapter.

If this feature is ordered as a field upgrade to an existing SerialRAID adapter (#6225 or 6230), a CD-ROM with appropriate software and publications are also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MByte DRAM memory
  • Attributes required: Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). A 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is also recommended.
  • For 9116-561: (#6231)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6235) 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is a 32 MByte fast-write optional feature that plugs into the IBM RS/6000 Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter Plus (#6230). It utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter failure, a replacement Advanced SerialRAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide a significant improvement of data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using the optional card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (# 6225) will operate in either non-RAID or RAID 5 mode, in single-initiator configurations. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (# 6230) will operate in non-RAID, RAID 5, or RAID 0+1 mode, in single-initiator or dual initiator configurations.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: One Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230).
  • For 9116-561: (#6235)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6239) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • For 9116-561: (#6239)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6458) Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU).

  • Attributes provided: Power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6458)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6469) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6469)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6470) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montsderrrrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6470)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6471) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6471)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6472) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6472)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6473) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Denmark.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6473)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6474) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6474)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6475) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Israel.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6475)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6476) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein, Switzerland.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6476)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6477) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Bangladesh, LeSotho, Maceo, Maldives, Nambia, Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6477)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6478) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile, Italy, Libya.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6478)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6479) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6479)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6487) Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6488) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6488)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6493) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: People's Republic of China.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6493)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6494) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: India.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6494)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6495) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6495)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6496) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea, South Korea.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6496)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6598) Disk Slot Fillers (Quantity 4)

This feature allows the customer to move disks from the system to another system or an IO drawer and to place a blank disk filler in the empty disk slot. Systems shipped from manufacturing have blank filler in the empty disk slots.

  • Attributes provided: 4 disk slot fillers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6598)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6651) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6659) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6665) Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 3 M (10-foot) length. Use this cord with PDUs that have IEC320/C19 connectors.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6669) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6669)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6670) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (DENAN marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6670)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6671) Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 9-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6671)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 6.5-foot length.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6672)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6680) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6680)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6687) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #57 (DENAN marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#6687)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7164) IBM Rack-mount Drawer Rail Kit

This feature provides a rack rail kit used to install a rack-mount system in an IBM 19-inch rack.

  • Attributes provided: Rack rail kit
  • Attributes required: Rack mountable system
  • For 9116-561: (#7164)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: Each drawer in the system requires one rack rail kit #7164.

(#7235) - One Processor Activation for Processor #7295

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

Provides permanent activation for 1 processor on feature number 7295.

  • Attributes provided: permanent activation of one #7295 processor
  • Attributes required: one inactive processor #7295
  • For 9116-561: (#7235)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level or later.
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.

      Refer to the following URL for systems:

      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7295) - 0/4 way 1.8 GHz QCM Processor

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

4-way 1.8 GHz POWER5+ processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand. The four processors are provided on two dual cores, each dual core shares 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. There are 8 DDR2 Dimm slots for memory on this processor card. This feature will only be sold with the processors fully active. Four Processor Activation Features must be included on the order with this Processor feature.

  • Attributes provided: Availability of four 1.8 GHz processors. The processors require an activation feature.
  • Attributes required: One processor slot. Must be ordered with 4 activations.
  • For 9116-561: (#7295)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level or later.
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.

      Refer to the following URL for systems:

      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: Use of this processor feature requires that the system be at firmware level SF240_261 or later.

(#7300) System Drawer Enclosure w/ Bezel

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides the chassis and IBM Bezel for a single drawer of the system.

  • Attributes provided: Chassis for one system drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7304) Advanced POWER Virtualization

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. The processors on the system can be partitioned into as many as 10 LPARs per processor. Partition Load Manager is included to provide cross-partition workload management across the LPARs. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.

  • Attributes provided: System virtualization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7304)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7305) AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator

Software pre-install indicator for Authorized Assemblers

  • Attributes provided: Software Preinstall
  • Attributes required: Authorized Assembler Order
  • For 9116-561: (#7305)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7345) Zero-priced Processor Activation for #7295

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor activation at no additional charge when all Express Configuration rules are met. The system must be configured with a minimum of two disk drives of at least 36.4 GB each, and at least 2 GB of memory installed for each active processor.

  • Attributes provided: Activation for one processor #7295
  • Attributes required: Meet all Express Configuration requirements
  • For 9116-561: (#7345)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required:
      • AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level or later.
      • AIX 5L for POWER V5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level or later.
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.

      Refer to the following URL for systems:

      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7398) Zero-priced Value Pak Processor Activation Code for #7781

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature provides a customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. The system must be configured with a minimum of two disk drives of at least 73.4 GB each, and at least 2 GB of memory installed for each active processor. For each paid processor activation or entitlement, the customer is entitled to one processor activation or entitlement at no additional charge.

  • Attributes provided: Activation for one processor #7781.
  • Attributes required: Qualifying Value Pak configuration.
  • For 9116-561: (#7398)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7549) - Quantity 150 of #3647

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Ships a quantity 150 of #3647 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 of #3647 for every #7549
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bay
  • For 9116-561: (#7549)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i - not supported
      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
      • AIX 6.1 or later.
      • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7564) - Quantity 150 of #3648

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity of 150 of #3648

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3648 for each #7564
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 9116-561: (#7564)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i - not supported
      • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
      • AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7565) - Quantity 150 of #3649

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013)

Quantity 150 of #3649 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

  • Attributes provided: 150 #3649
  • Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
  • For 9116-561: (#7565)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
      • IBM i - not supported
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 10
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
      • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
      • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 3
      • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 4.5 or later.
      • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7662) Activation for one #7781 processor -permanent.

(No Longer Available as of April 25, 2014)

This feature number will permanently activate 1 of the 4 processors delivered as processor #7781.

  • Attributes provided: permanent activation of one #7781 processor
  • Attributes required: one inactive processor # 7781
  • For 9116-561: (#7662)
    • Minimum required: 2
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: If the system is not purchased as an Express Configuration 4 paid activations are required. The system must have 4 active processors as a minimum.

(#7768) Processor Power Regulator

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides the needed power/voltage to operate the processors. Each processor card requires one regulator. An extra regulator can be added for redundancy. Three power regulators in a single CEC enclosure drawer with two processor card features provides one power regulator for redundancy at the drawer level.

  • Attributes provided: Processor power regulator.
  • Attributes required: Empty power regulator slot.
  • For 9116-561: (#7768)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Configurations with two drawers are only supported with redundant power regulators and require a minimum of 3 regulator features per drawer.

(#7781) 0/4 way 1.5GHz QCM Processor

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

4-way 1.5 GHz processor card with Capacity Upgrade on Demand. The four processors are provided on two dual cores, each dual core shares 36MB of L3 cache and 1.9MB of L2 cache. This feature will only be sold with the processors fully active. 4 Activations must be included on the order with this Processor feature.

  • Attributes provided: Availability of four (4) 1.5 GHz processors. The processors are not active.
  • Attributes required: One processor slot. Must be ordered with 4 activations.
  • For 9116-561: (#7781)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 9116-561: (#7801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • For 9116-561: (#7802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7861) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Short Adapters, Type II

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters installed in a 32-bit short PCI slot.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: Short PCI card and empty short PCI adapter location
  • For 9116-561: (#7861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7862) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Type II

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: PCI card and empty PCI adapter location
  • For 9116-561: (#7862)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7863) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for double slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: PCI card and two empty PCI adapter locations
  • For 9116-561: (#7863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#7865) Processor Enclosure And Backplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an enclosure and a backplane for up to two processor cards.

  • Attributes provided: Two processor card slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7865)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer requires one #7865 Processor Enclosure And Backplane.

(#7866) I/O Backplane, 6 PCI-X Slots

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides six PCI-X 64-bit, 3.3 volt, 133MHz slots for I/O adapter cards.

  • Attributes provided: Six PCI-X I/O slots
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7866)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one #7866 I/O Backplane.

(#7867) System Midplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

The System Midplane is a riser card that provides interconnections between the modular subsystems in the system drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Internal connections within the drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7867)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer requires one #7867 System Midplane.

(#7868) Ultra320 SCSI 6-pack Backplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an enclosure and backplane connections for up to six Ultra320 SCSI disk drives.

  • Attributes provided: Six disk drive bays
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7868)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer requires one 7868 Ultra320 SCSI backplane.

(#7869) Media Enclosure And Backplane

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an enclosure and backplane connections for up to two Slimline media devices.

  • Attributes provided: Two media bays
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7869)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each system drawer can be configured with one #7869 media enclosure.

(#7870) Power Distribution Backplane

The power distribution backplane provides the internal power connections between the power supplies and the other components in the drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Power distribution within a drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7870)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one #7870 Power Distribution Backplane.

(#7878) System Port Riser Card

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This riser card provides two 9-pin system ports (serial) at the rear of the chassis.

  • Attributes provided: Two 9-pin system ports (serial).
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7878)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each drawer in the system requires one #7878 card.

(#7888) AC Power Supply, 1400 W

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides one 1400 watt AC power supply for a server drawer.

  • Attributes provided: One AC power supply
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#7888)
    • Minimum required: 2
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Each server drawer requires two #7888 power supplies.

(#7997) System Service Processor

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

Service Processor for the system. This feature includes two external 9 pin D-Shell SPCN ports and two external E-Net ports to support HMC attach. This feature may not coexist in a system with Feature Code 7881.

  • Attributes provided: one service processor
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#7997)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8023) - SAP Solution Edition - 16-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This is a no charge Indicator Feature Code. This feature indicates that the configuration being ordered is a SAP Solution Edition - 16-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q.

Designed to help our clients take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value, System p5 Solution Editions have been devised to define recommended end-to-end solution stacks which are designed and sized to satisfy a range of user requirements for specific ISV application environments. System p5 Solution Editions include affordable Express configurations for popular System p5 models to simplify server selection and ease capacity planning.

As with other System p5 Express Configurations, System p5 Solution Edition Express Configurations are building blocks which can be configured with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy specific client requirements.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition Indicator
  • Attributes required: Model 561
  • For 9116-561: (#8023)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8029) - Oracle Solution Edition - 8-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This is a no charge Indicator Feature Code. This feature indicates that the configuration being ordered is a Oracle Solution Edition - 8-core 1.5GHz p5-560Q.

Designed to help our clients take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and ISVs in building business value, IBM System p5 Solution Editions have been devised to define recommended end-to-end solution stacks which are designed and sized to satisfy a range of user requirements for specific ISV application environments. IBM System p5 Solution Editions include affordable Express configurations for popular System p5 models to simplify server selection and ease capacity planning.

As with other System p5 Express Configurations, IBM System p5 Solution Edition Express Configurations are building blocks which can be configured with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy specific client requirements.

  • Attributes provided: Solution Edition Indicator
  • Attributes required: Model 561
  • For 9116-561: (#8029)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: none
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 9116-561: (#8131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 9116-561: (#8132)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136)
  • For 9116-561: (#8133)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8136) Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

The Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (RAN) is a modified version of the existing 16-port Remote Async Node (feature #8130 or 8134) in an industry-standard 19-inch rack mount chassis to allow simpler installation and ease-of-use. Like the existing RAN, it can also be configured as a desktop device.

As an additional benefit, the metal chassis meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host to meet the needs of customers with these requirements.

The RANs provide 16 ports of EIA-232 capability with full modem controls on each port and are connected to the 128-port Async Controller (Micro Channel or ISA versions) residing in the host. RANs are connected in daisy-chain fashion up to 8 RANs per 128-port Async Controller (either version).

The rack-mountable RAN offers these enhanced features:

  • Industry-standard 19-inch rack mountable chassis (can be configured for stacking on a desktop or mounted in a 19-inch rack).
  • Meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host.
  • All RJ-45 connectors are now on the front panel, greatly enhancing cable management.
  • The DB-15 synchronous connectors (cabling from host to RAN and between RANs) and the power cord and switch are located on the rear panel.
  • Power supply is self contained within the unit.

The rack-mountable RAN offers these same features as the existing RAN product:

  • Identical function and support as existing 16-port Remote Async Node (RAN), feature #8130 or 8134.
  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel or ISA host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of 62 meters (200 feet).
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer-supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters from the host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 RJ-45 EIA-232 ports AND 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • Attributes required: 1 RAN-to-128-port Controller connection OR 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • For 9116-561: (#8136)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of eight per #2944 128-Port Async Adapter

(#8137) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

Provides remote connection of up to 16 EIA-232 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of up to 31 meters (100 feet), depending on the baud rate.
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One 128-port adapter per eight (#8137s)
  • For 9116-561: (#8137)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later; Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of eight per #2944 128-Port Async Adapter.

(#8231) Memory Offering 32GB/64GB/96GB/128GB (Multiples of 4 of 2x4GB DIMMs

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 4GB, 276 pin Dimms for a total of 8GB of Memory (533 MHz, DDR2, SDRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in multiples of 4. The minimum result being 32 GB of memory in 8 (4GB) dimms. This feature must be ordered in quantities of 4, 8, 12 or 16. No other order quantities will be accepted.

Note: MES orders for feature number 8231 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBM Solution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.

  • Attributes provided: DDR2 Memory
  • Attributes required: DDR2 dimm slots
  • For 9116-561: (#8231)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8800) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8801) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8801)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8802) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8803) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8803)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8804) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8804)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8805) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8805)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8806) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8806)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8807) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8807)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8808) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8808)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8810) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/Dutch #120 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8810)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8811) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8811)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8812) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8812)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8813) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8813)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8814) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8814)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8816) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8816)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8817) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8817)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8818) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8818)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8819) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8819)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8820) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8821) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8821)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8823) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8823)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8825) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8826) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8826)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8827) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8829) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8830) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #238 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8833) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8834) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese/US #467 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8835) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8835)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8836) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8836)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8838) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8838)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8839) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Yugoslavian/Latin #105 keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8839)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8840) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8840)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8841) Mouse - USB, Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This feature provides a three button USB mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: 3-Button USB Mouse
  • Attributes required: Keyboard with USB Mouse Attachment Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8841)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8845) - USB Mouse

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • For 9116-561: (#8845)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

(#9169) - Order Routing Indicator - System Plant

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9169)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9461) - Month Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9461)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9462) - Day Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9462)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9463) - Hour Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9463)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9464) - Minute Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9465) - Qty Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9465)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 999)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9466) - Countable Member Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9466)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: N/A
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9570) Reserved Rack Space Indicator - 4U

Informs IBM Manufacturing to leave a contiguous 4 EIA of rack space immediately under the installed 570 processor enclosure(s). This space can then be used to later install an additional 570 processor enclosure at the customer site, minimizing movement of existing rack components.

  • Attributes provided: Reserves 4 EIA of rack space
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#9570)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9700) Language Group Specify - Dutch

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#9705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9715)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#9719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 9116-561: (#9720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9725) Language Group Specify -- Romanian

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9725)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9727) Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 9116-561: (#9727)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

Feature exchanges

Not available.
Back to topBack to top
 

Accessories

None.

Customer replacement parts

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Machine elements

Not available.
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

None.

Supplemental media

None.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.
 © IBM Corporation 2014.
Back to topBack to top